13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of Win32 GUI terminal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 any later version.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
14186
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <signal.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 #include "lisp.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 #include "blockinput.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 #include <w32term.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systty.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "systime.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <ctype.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <errno.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <setjmp.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <sys/stat.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "frame.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "dispextern.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 #include "termopts.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "termchar.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 #include "gnu.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "disptab.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "buffer.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "window.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "keyboard.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 #include "intervals.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57 /* This is display since win32 does not support multiple ones. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 struct win32_display_info one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 one for each element of win32_display_list and in the same order.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 NAME is the name of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 Lisp_Object win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 win32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 In that case, the win32 functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 is the frame to apply to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 static int flexlines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 static int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 static int curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 static int curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90 DWORD dwWinThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 HANDLE hWinThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 /* Mouse movement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
104 so win32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 an ordinary motion.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
106
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 to Qnil, to tell win32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that win32_mouse_position would
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 it's somewhat accurate. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 #ifdef __STDC__
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 #else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 static int input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131 extern int errno;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 void win32_delete_display ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 static void redraw_following_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 static unsigned int win32_get_modifiers ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 static int fast_find_position ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 static void show_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 static void do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 static int win32_cursor_to ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 static int win32_clear_end_of_line ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 struct record
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 struct record event_record[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 int event_record_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 record_event (locus, type)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 event_record_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 event_record_index++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif /* 0 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 /* Return the struct win32_display_info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 win32_display_info_for_display ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 return (&one_win32_display_info);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 win32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 HDC _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193 COLORREF pix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194 RECT * lprect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 HANDLE oldobj;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 if (_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 hdc = _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 if (!f) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
210 oldobj = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
213 SelectObject (hdc, oldobj);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216 if (!_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 win32_clear_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 GetClientRect (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 /* Starting and ending updates.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235 of the frame being updated, so that the win32_... functions do not
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the win32_... functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 being win32_cursor_to, win32_write_glyphs and win32_reassert_line_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241 win32_update_begin (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248 highlight = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
253 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
254 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
255 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
256
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
257 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
258 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
259 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
260 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 if (!NILP (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 int firstline, lastline, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 lastline = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 lastline = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 win32_update_end (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313 win32_frame_up_to_date (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 || f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 /* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 win32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 int new, vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 highlight = new;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 win32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 highlight = new_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 win32_cursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 win32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 win32_set_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 Exiting will make the Win32 windows go away, and suspending
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 requires no action. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 win32_reset_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 win32_cursor_to (row, col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 register int row, col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 int orow = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 curs_x = col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 curs_y = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 don't alter the background.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406 int left, top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 int just_foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 int orig_left = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 hdc = my_get_dc (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 int cf, len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 int g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 Extract their character codes into BUF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 cp = buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 --n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 ++gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 len = cp - buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 determined by the face code CF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 int stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 COLORREF fg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 COLORREF bg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 if (hl == 3)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 cf = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 if (cf != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 cf = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 if (cf == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 else if (hl == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 ;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 else if (hl == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 bg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 if (hl == 2)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 if ((!face->font
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 || face->font == f->output_data.win32->font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 && face->background == f->output_data.win32->background_pixel
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 && face->foreground == f->output_data.win32->foreground_pixel)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 try a different foreground. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 fg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 if (bg == face->background
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 && fg == face->foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 bg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 font = f->output_data.win32->font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 SetTextColor (hdc, fg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 SetBkColor (hdc, bg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 if (!just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 if (f->output_data.win32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 f->output_data.win32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 int underline_position = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 if (face->underline)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 left, (top
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565 + FONT_BASE (font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 + underline_position),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 Advance the cursor over the text.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 `highlight', set up by win32_reassert_line_highlight or win32_change_line_highlight,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586 win32_write_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 register GLYPH *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 register int temp_length;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 /* If not within an update,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602 curs_x = f->cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 curs_y = f->cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 start, len, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 f->cursor_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 f->cursor_x -= len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 curs_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 /* Clear to the end of the line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 win32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 register int first_unused;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 if (first_unused <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 if (first_unused >= f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 first_unused = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 win32_clear_frame ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 curs_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 win32_clear_window (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 /* Make audible bell. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 win32_ring_bell ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 if (visible_bell)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 FlashWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702 nt_ring_bell ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 /* Insert and delete character.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 off the feature of using them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 win32_insert_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 register char *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 register int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 win32_delete_glyphs (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 that is bounded by calls to win32_update_begin and win32_update_end. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 win32_set_terminal_window (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 flexlines = n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 /* These variables need not be per frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749 anything is done for another frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 static int *line_dance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 /* Allocated length of that array. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 static int line_dance_len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 win32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765 int vpos, n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 register int fence, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 line_dance_len = ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 if (n >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 fence = vpos + n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 n = -n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 fence = flexlines - n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 Must be called with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 do_line_dance ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 register int i, j, distance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 register struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 int ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 int intborder;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 ht = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 intborder = f->output_data.win32->internal_border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 (i-j) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 i = j+1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 /* Clear [i,j) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 intborder,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
874 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 /* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 static void clear_cursor ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894 register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 int bottom, right;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 register int y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 bottom = top + rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 right = left + cols;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 bottom += (f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 if (left < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 left = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 if (top < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 if (right > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 right = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 if (bottom > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 bottom = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 cols = right - left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 rows = bottom - top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 if (rows <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 if (cols <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 clear_cursor (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 cursor_cleared = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 continue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 active_frame->highlight[y], 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 if (cursor_cleared)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 frame_highlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 frame_unhighlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 static void win32_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 int events_enqueued = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 if (frame != dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 the correct value of win32_focus_frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 the appropriate display info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 win32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 : dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 if (old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 char *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 int keysym;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076 /* Make static so we can always return it */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 static char value[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 return value;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096 register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 register int *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 RECT *bounds;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 int noclip;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102 even for negative values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1111 if (bounds)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1112 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1114 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1115 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1116 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1117 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 if (!noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 else if (pix_x > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 pix_x = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127 pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 pix_y = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 *x = pix_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 *y = pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 register int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 BOOL
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 int message;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149 int * pbutton;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 int * pup;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 int button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 int up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 switch (message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 return (FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 if (pup) *pup = up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 return (TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1192 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1193
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1194 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195 the mouse. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1199 struct input_event *result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1200 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1201 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1206 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1207
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1208 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 otherwise. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 result->kind = mouse_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 result->code = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1213 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1214 | (up
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 The input handler calls this.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 MSG *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 int row, column, portion;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 RECT new_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 struct window *w;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292 if (gc_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 &new_glyph, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 /* Which window is that in? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 int i, pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 pos = ptr[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 if (pos <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 && row >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 && row <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 && (row > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 || column >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 && (row < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 || column < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 || FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 struct buffer *obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 int obegv, ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 obuf = current_buffer;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 obegv = BEGV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 ozv = ZV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 BEGV = BEG;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 ZV = Z;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 XSETINT (position, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 len = 10;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 Store the length in len. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 NULL, NULL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 overlay = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 free (overlay_vec);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 if (NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 /* Handle the overlay case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 if (! NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 Lisp_Object before, after;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 /* Handle the text property case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424 before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 w->buffer, beginning);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 after
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 w->buffer, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447 BEGV = obegv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 ZV = ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 current_buffer = obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 of start of first screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 int *columnp, *rowp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 int row = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 int left = w->left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 int top = w->top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 int *charstarts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 int lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 /* Find the right row. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 for (i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 i < height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 if (linestart > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 maybe_next_line = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 if (linestart > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 row = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 /* Find the right column with in it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 lastcol = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 *columnp = i + left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 lastcol = left + i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 use the start of the following line. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 if (maybe_next_line)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 row++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 *columnp = lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 int cursor_off = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 /* Set these variables temporarily
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 we will put it back at the same place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 for (i = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 i <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 int column = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 : w->left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 : w->left + width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 turn the cursor off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 if (i == curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567 && curs_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col - 1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 && curs_x <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 cursor_off = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 endcolumn - column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 if (cursor_off)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 if (hl > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->cross_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->text_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621 position on the scroll bar.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 the mouse is over.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 was at this position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 again. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 win32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 int insist;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 FRAME_PTR f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 GetCursorPos (&pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667 containing the pointer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 /* Is win one of our frames? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 if (! f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 if (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 if (f1 == 0 && insist)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 f1 = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694 if (f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 int ignore1, ignore2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698 ScreenToClient (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1703 &last_mouse_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705 || insist);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 *bar_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 *part = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 *fp = f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1716
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1717 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720 /* Scroll bar support. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1725 struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727 Window window_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1731 for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737 frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743 right window ID. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 condemned = Qnil,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 ! GC_NILP (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 if (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759 HWND
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762 struct scroll_bar * bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 PostThreadMessage (dwWinThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767 (LPARAM) bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1770 return ((HWND) msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778 SendMessage (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 scroll bar vector for it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 static struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 struct scroll_bar *bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1801 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1803 bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1806
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1810 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1811
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1812 SET_SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1813
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1814 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1815 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1816 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1817 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1818 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1819 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1820
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1821 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1822
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1823 return bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1824 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1826 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1827 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1828 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1829 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1830 events.)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1832 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1833 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1834 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1835 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1836 move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1837 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1838 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1839 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1840 int start, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 int rebuild;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848 if (! rebuild
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849 && start == XINT (bar->start)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850 && end == XINT (bar->end))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 /* If we are less than half of the page use start otherwise use end */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, ((start >> 1) < bar->height)?start:end, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 window configurations. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890 to nil. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1899 /* Destroy the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911 create one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913 win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 int portion, whole, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 int top = XINT (window->top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925 int pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1926 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1927 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936 pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1945 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1946 dragged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1947 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 if (whole == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 win32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 protocol correctly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995 win32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013 the lists. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 one or the other! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042 win32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 next = b->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071 mark bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076 struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 emacs_event->code = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 emacs_event->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084 | ((LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam) == SB_ENDSCROLL)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 int internal_height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093 int top_range
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095 int y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 if (y < top_range) y++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 case SB_LINEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 if (y) y--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113 case SB_PAGEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119 case SB_TOP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123 case SB_BOTTOM:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125 y = top_range;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, y , y, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2139 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2140
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 on the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2150 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2151 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2152 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 *fp = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 *bar_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2165 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2170 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2171 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2173 pos++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2174 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2175 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2177 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2180 XSETINT(*x, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 XSETINT(*y, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183 f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2186 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2190
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2191 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2194 redraw them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2195
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2196 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2197 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2198 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 Lisp_Object bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2201
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2202 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2203 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 UpdateWindow (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 /* The main Win32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 sometimes don't work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214 static Time enter_timestamp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 int temp_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219 short temp_buffer[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2221 /* Read events coming from the Win32 shell.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2222 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2225 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2226 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2227 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2228 thus pretending to be `read'.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2229
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2230 WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2231 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2233 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2234 system calls the winproc directly in a context where we cannot return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2235 data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2236 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2237 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2238 which message we are processing since the winproc gets called recursively with different
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2239 messages by the system.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2240 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2241
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2242 int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2243 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2244 register int sd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2245 register struct input_event *bufp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2246 register int numchars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2247 int waitp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2248 int expected;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2249 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2250 int count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2251 int nbytes = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253 Win32Msg msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255 int event_found = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256 int prefix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 Lisp_Object part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263 return -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2269 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2270 input_signal_count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2272 if (numchars <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2273 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2274
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2275 while (get_next_msg (&msg, 0))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2276 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2277 switch (msg.msg.message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2278 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2279 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2280 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2281 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2282 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2283 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &msg.rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2284 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2285 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2286 case WM_PAINT:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2287 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2288 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2289
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2290 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2291 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2292 if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2293 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 dumprectangle (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2301 msg.rect.left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302 msg.rect.top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303 msg.rect.right-msg.rect.left+1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 msg.rect.bottom-msg.rect.top+1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2306 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2310 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2311 case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2312 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2313 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2314
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2315 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2316 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2317 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2318 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2319 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2320 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2321 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2322 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2323 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2324 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2325 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2326 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2327 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2328 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2329 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2330 case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2331 case WM_CHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2332 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2333
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2334 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2335 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2336 if (numchars > 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2337 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2338 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2353 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2362
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2363 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2364 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2365 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2368 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2369 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2370 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2371 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2372 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2373 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2374 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2375 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2376 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2377 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2378
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2379 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2380 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2381 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2382 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2383 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2384
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2385 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2386 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2387 if ((!dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2388 && (numchars >= 1))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2389 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2390 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2391 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2392 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2393 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2394 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2395 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2396
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2397 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2398
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2399 if (up)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2400 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2401 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2402 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2403 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2404 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2405 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2406 last_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2407 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2408 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2409
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2410 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2411 case WM_VSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2412 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2413 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2414
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2415 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2416 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2417 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2418 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2419 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2420 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2421 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2422 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2423
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2424 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2425 case WM_MOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2426 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2427
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2428 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2434 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 case WM_SIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 int rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 int columns;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 int width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 int height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 GetClientRect(msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2447
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2448 height = rect.bottom - rect.top + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2449 width = rect.right - rect.left + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2450
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2451 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2452 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2453
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2454 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2455 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2456 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2457
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2458 if (columns != f->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2459 || rows != f->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2460 || width != f->output_data.win32->pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2461 || height != f->output_data.win32->pixel_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2462 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2463 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2464
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2465 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2466 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2467
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2468 f->output_data.win32->pixel_width = width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2469 f->output_data.win32->pixel_height = height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2470 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2471 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2472 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2473
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2474 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2475 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2476 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2477 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2478
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2479 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2480 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2481 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2482 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483 else if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2488 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2489 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2490 case SC_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2493 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2494 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2495 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2496 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2498 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2502 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2503 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2504
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2505 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2506 case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2507 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2508
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2514 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2515 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2516 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2517 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2518 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2520
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2521 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2522 case SC_MAXIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2523 case SC_RESTORE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2524 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2528 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2529 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2531 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2532 the frame's display structures. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2533 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2534
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2535 if (f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2536 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2537 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2538 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2539 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2540 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2541 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2542 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2543 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2544 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2545 to update the frame titles
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2546 in case this is the second frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2547 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2548 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2549
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2550 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2551 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2552
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2553 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2554 case WM_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2555 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2556
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2557 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2558 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2559 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2560 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2561
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2562 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2563 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2564 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2565 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2566 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2567 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2568
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2569 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2570 case WM_COMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2571 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2572
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2573 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2574 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2575 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2576 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2577 /* Came from window menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2578
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2579 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2580 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2581 struct input_event buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2582 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2583
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2584 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2585 buf.kind = menu_bar_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2587 /* Store initial menu bar event */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2588
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2589 if (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2590 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2591 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2592 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2593 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2594
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2595 /* Enqueue the events */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2597 while (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2598 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2599 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2600 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2601 event = XCONS (event)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2602 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2603 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2604 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2605 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606 /* Came from popup menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2612
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2613 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2614 raise it now. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2615 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2616 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2617 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2618 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2619 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2620 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2623 return count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 /* Drawing the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2627
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2630
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2631 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2632 x_draw_box (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2633 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2634 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2635 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2636 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2637 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648 /* rect.left++; */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2649 /* rect.top++; */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650 rect.right--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 rect.bottom--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2655 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2656
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2657 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2658 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2659
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2660 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2661 and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662 This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2663 is about to be rewritten. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2664
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2665 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666 clear_cursor (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2667 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2677 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2679 glyph drawn. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2682 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2683 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685 GLYPH glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2686 int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2687 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2692 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2694 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2695 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2696 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2697 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2698 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2699 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2701 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2702 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2703 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2704 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2705 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2707 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2708 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2716 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2723 || f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2726 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2732 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2733 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2734 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2735 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2737 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2738 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2739 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 win32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 max (f->output_data.win32->cursor_width, 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2751 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2754
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2758 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2760 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 x_display_box_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2764 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2765 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2767 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2768 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2769 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2770 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2771 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2772
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2773 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2774 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2775 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2776
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2777 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2778 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2779 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2780 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2781 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2782 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2783 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2784
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2785 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2786 or it is in the wrong place,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2787 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2788 erase it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2789 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2790 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2791 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2794 && (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame))))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2795 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2797 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2798
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2799 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2800 we clear the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2801 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2802 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2803 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2804 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2805 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2806 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2807 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2808 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2809 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2810 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2811 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2812 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2813 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2814 mouse_face_here = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2815
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2816 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2817 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2818 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font) != f->output_data.win32->line_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2819 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2820 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2821 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2822 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2823 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2824 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2825 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2826 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2827 (mouse_face_here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2828 ? 3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2829 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2830 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2831 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2832
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2833 /* If we want to show a cursor,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2835 write it in the right place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2836 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2837 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2838 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2839 && f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2840 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2841 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2842 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2843 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2844 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2845 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2846 if (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2847 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2848 x_draw_box (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2852 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2858 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2861 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 x_display_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2864 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 x_display_box_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2873 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2877 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2885 The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2886
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2887 Lisp_Object
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2888 x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2889 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2890 register char *fontname;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892 int already_loaded;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2893 int n_matching_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 XFontStruct *font_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2895 char new_font_name[101];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2896
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 /* Get a font which matches this name */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2899 LOGFONT lf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901 if (!x_to_win32_font(fontname, &lf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902 || !win32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2903 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2908 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909 already_loaded = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915 if (!strcmp (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2917 already_loaded = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 fontname = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2919 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924 if (already_loaded >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2928 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 XFontStruct *font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2930 int n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2932 font = win32_load_font(FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2933
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2934 if (! font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2938
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2939 /* Do we need to create the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 * sizeof (struct font_info));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2946 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2947 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 else if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2951 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954 (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2955 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2956 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958 n_fonts = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2964
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2965 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2967 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2969 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2972 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2973
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2974 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2975 if (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2977 frame_update_line_height (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2978 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2979 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2980 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2981 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2982 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2983 f->output_data.win32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2984
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2985 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2986 Lisp_Object lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2987
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2988 lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2989
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2990 return lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2991 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2992 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2993
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2994 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2995 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2996 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2997 Window win, child;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2998 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2999 int flags = f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3000
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3001 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3002
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3003 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3004 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3005 if (f->output_data.win32->parent_desc != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3006 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3007 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3008 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3009 f->output_data.win32->parent_desc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3010 &pt, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3011 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3012 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3013
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3014 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3015 RECT rt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3016 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3017
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3018 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3019 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3020 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3021 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3022
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3023 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3024 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3025 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3026
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3027 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3028 position that fits on the screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3029 if (flags & XNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3030 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3031 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3032 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3033 + f->output_data.win32->left_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3034
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3035 if (flags & YNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3036 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3037 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3038 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3039 + f->output_data.win32->top_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3040 /* The left_pos and top_pos
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3041 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3042 so the flags should correspond. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3043 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3044 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3045
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3046 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3047 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3048 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3049 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3050 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3051
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3052 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3053 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3054 register int xoff, yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3055 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3056 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3057 int modified_top, modified_left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3059 if (change_gravity > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3060 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3061 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3062 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = xoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3063 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3064 if (xoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3065 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3066 if (yoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3067 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3068 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3069 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3070 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3071
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3072 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3073 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3074
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3075 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3076 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3077 modified_left = f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3078 modified_top = f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3079 if (change_gravity != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3080 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3081 modified_left += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3082 modified_top += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3083 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3084
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3085 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3086 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3087 modified_left, modified_top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3088 0,0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3089 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3090 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3091 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3092
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3093 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3094 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3095 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3096 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3097
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3098 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3099 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3100 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3101 int cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3102 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3103 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3104
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3105 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3106
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3107 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3108 f->output_data.win32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3109 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3110 ? 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3111 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3112 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3113 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3114 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3115 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3116
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3117 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3118 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3120 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3121 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3122
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3123 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3124 rect.right = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3125 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3127 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3128 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3129
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3130 /* All windows have an extra pixel */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3132 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3133 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3134 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3135 rect.right - rect.left + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3136 rect.bottom - rect.top + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3137 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3140 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3141 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3142 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3143 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3144
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3145 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3146 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3147 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3148 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3149 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3150 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3151 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3152 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3153
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3154 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3155 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3156 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3157 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3158 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3159 f->phys_cursor_y = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3160 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3161
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3162 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3163 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3164 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3165 we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3166 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3167
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3168 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3169 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3170
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3171 /* Mouse warping. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3172
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3173 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3174 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3175 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3176 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3177 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3178 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3179
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3180 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3181 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.win32->line_height / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3183 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3184 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3185
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3186 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3187 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3189 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3190
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3191 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3192
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3193 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3194 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3195
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3196 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3197
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3198 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3199 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3200 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3201 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3202 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3203 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3204
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3205 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3206
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3207 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3208 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3209
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3210 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3211
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3212 x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3213 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3214 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3215 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3216
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3217 x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3218 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3219 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3220 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3222 /* Raise frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3223
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3224 x_raise_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3225 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3226 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3227 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3228 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3229 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3230 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3231 HWND_TOP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3232 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3233 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3234 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3235 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3236 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3237
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3238 /* Lower frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3239
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3240 x_lower_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3241 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3242 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3243 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3244 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3245 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3246 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3247 HWND_BOTTOM,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3248 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3249 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3250 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3251 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3252 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3253
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3254 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3255 win32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3256 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3257 int raise;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3258 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3259 if (raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3260 x_raise_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3261 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3262 x_lower_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3263 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3264
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3265 /* Change of visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3267 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3268 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3269 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3270 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3271 but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3272 finishes with it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3273
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3274 x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3275 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3276 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3277 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3278
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3279 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3280 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3281 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3282 call x_set_offset a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3283 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3284 before the window gets really visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3285 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3286 && ! f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3287 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.win32->left_pos, f->output_data.win32->top_pos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3288
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3289 f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3290
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3291 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOW);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3292 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3293
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3294 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3295 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3296 so that incoming events are handled. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3297 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3298 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3299 int count = input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3301 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3302 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3304 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3305
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3306 while (1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3307 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3308 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3309 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3310 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3311 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3312 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3313 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3314 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3315 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3316 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3317 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3318 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3319 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3320 if (input_polling_used ())
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3321 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3322 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3323 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3324 alarm (0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3325 input_poll_signal ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3326 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3327 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3328 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3329 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3330 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3331 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3332 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3333 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3335 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3336 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3337 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3338
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3339 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3340
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3341 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3343 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3344 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3345 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3346 Window window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3348 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3349 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3350 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3351
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3352 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3353
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3354 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3355
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3356 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3357 just by the event that we get from the server.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3358 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3359 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3360 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3361 f->visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3362 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3363 f->async_visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3364 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3366 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3367 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3368
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3369 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3370
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3371 void x_iconify_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3372 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3373 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3374 int result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3375
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3376 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3377 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3378 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3379
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3380 if (f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3381 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3382
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3383 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3384
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3385 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3387 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3388
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3389 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3390 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3391
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3392 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3393
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3394 x_destroy_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3395 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3396 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3397 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3398
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3399 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3400
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3401 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3402 free_frame_menubar (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3403 free_frame_faces (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3404
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3405 xfree (f->output_data.win32);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3406 f->output_data.win32 = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3407 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3408 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3409 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3410 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3411 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3412 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3413
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3414 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3415
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3416 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3417 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3418 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3419 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3420 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3421 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3422 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3423 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3424
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3425 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3426 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3427
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3428 /* Setting window manager hints. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3429
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3430 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3431 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3432 that the window now has.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3433 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3434 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3435
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3436 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3437 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3438 long flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3439 int user_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3440 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3441 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3442
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3443 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3444
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3445 enter_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3446
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3447 SetWindowLong (window, WND_X_UNITS_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3448 SetWindowLong (window, WND_Y_UNITS_INDEX, f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3449
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3450 leave_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3451 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3452
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3453 /* Window manager things */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3454 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3455 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3456 int icon_x, icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3457 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3458 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3459 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3460
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3461 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3462 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3463 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3464
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3465 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3466 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3467 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3468
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3469
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3470 /* Initialization. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3472 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3473 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3474 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3475 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3476
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3477 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3478 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3479 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3481 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3482 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3483 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3484 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3485 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3486 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3487 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3488 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3489 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3490
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3491 static int win32_initialized = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3492
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3493 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3494 win32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3495 Lisp_Object display_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3496 char *xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3497 char *resource_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3498 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3499 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3500 char *defaultvalue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3501 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3502 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3503
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3504 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3505
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3506 if (!win32_initialized)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3507 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3508 win32_initialize ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3509 win32_initialized = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3510 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3511
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3512 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3513 int argc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3514 char *argv[3];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3515
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3516 argv[0] = "";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3517 argc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3518 if (xrm_option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3519 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3520 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3521 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3522 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3523 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3524
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3525 dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3526
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3527 /* Put this display on the chain. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3528 dpyinfo->next = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3529
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3530 /* Put it on win32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3531 win32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3532 win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3533 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3534
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3535 dpyinfo->win32_id_name
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3536 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3537 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3538 + 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3539 sprintf (dpyinfo->win32_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3540 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3541
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3542 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3543 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3544 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3545
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3546 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3547 all versions. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3548 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3549 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3550 hdc = my_get_dc (GetDesktopWindow ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3551
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3552 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3553 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3554 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3555 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3556 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3557 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3558 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3559 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3560 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3561 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3562 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3563 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3564 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3565 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3566 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3567 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3568 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3569 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3570 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3571 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3572 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3573 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3574 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3575 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3576 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3577
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3578 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3579
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3580 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3581 #ifdef F_SETOWN
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3582 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3583 /* stdin is a socket here */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3584 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3585 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3586 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3587 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3588 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3589 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3590
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3591 #ifdef SIGIO
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3592 if (interrupt_input)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3593 init_sigio (connection);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3594 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3595
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3596 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3597
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3598 return dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3599 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3600
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3601 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3602
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3603 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3604 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3605 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3606 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3607 /* Discard this display from win32_display_name_list and win32_display_list.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3608 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3609 if (! NILP (win32_display_name_list)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3610 && EQ (XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3611 win32_display_name_list = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3612 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3613 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3614 Lisp_Object tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3615
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3616 tail = win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3617 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3618 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3619 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3620 dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3621 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3622 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3623 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3624 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3625 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3626 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3627 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3628
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3629 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3630 xfree (dpyinfo->win32_id_name);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3631 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3632
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3633 /* Set up use of Win32. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3634
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3635 DWORD win_msg_worker ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3636
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3637 win32_initialize ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3638 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3639 clear_frame_hook = win32_clear_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3640 clear_end_of_line_hook = win32_clear_end_of_line;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3641 ins_del_lines_hook = win32_ins_del_lines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3642 change_line_highlight_hook = win32_change_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3643 insert_glyphs_hook = win32_insert_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3644 write_glyphs_hook = win32_write_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3645 delete_glyphs_hook = win32_delete_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3646 ring_bell_hook = win32_ring_bell;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3647 reset_terminal_modes_hook = win32_reset_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3648 set_terminal_modes_hook = win32_set_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3649 update_begin_hook = win32_update_begin;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3650 update_end_hook = win32_update_end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3651 set_terminal_window_hook = win32_set_terminal_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3652 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3653 frame_up_to_date_hook = win32_frame_up_to_date;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3654 cursor_to_hook = win32_cursor_to;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3655 reassert_line_highlight_hook = win32_reassert_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3656 mouse_position_hook = win32_mouse_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3657 frame_rehighlight_hook = win32_frame_rehighlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3658 frame_raise_lower_hook = win32_frame_raise_lower;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3659 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3660 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = win32_condemn_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3661 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = win32_redeem_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3662 judge_scroll_bars_hook = win32_judge_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3664 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3665 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3666 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3667 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3668 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3669 off the bottom */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3670 baud_rate = 19200;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3671
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3672 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3673 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3675 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3676
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3677 init_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3678
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3679 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3680 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3681 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3682
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3683 /* Wait for thread to start */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3685 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3686 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3688 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3689
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3690 hWinThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3691 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) win_msg_worker,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3692 0, 0, &dwWinThreadId);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3694 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3695 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3696
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3697 /* AttachThreadInput (dwWinThreadId, dwMainThreadId, TRUE); */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3699 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3700
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3701 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3702 syms_of_win32term ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3703 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3704 staticpro (&win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3705 win32_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3707 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3708 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3709
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3710 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3711 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3712 }
|